Difference between pages "Module:Citation/CS1" and "Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox"

(Difference between pages)
Jump to: navigation, search
Page 1
Page 2
 
m (1 revision imported)
 
Line 1: Line 1:
require ('strict');
+
--[[
 +
History of changes since last sync: 2016-10-29
 +
 
 +
2016-11-07: override mw:Extension:CLDR language definition for code bn; see: Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Bengali_or_Bangla.3F
 +
2016-11-21: remove support for special cite interview parameters
 +
2016-12-29: fix spacing oddity in maint cat messaging; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Weird_linebreak_at_the_end_of_citations
 +
2016-12-31: fix multi-byte character |vauthors= bug; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#.7Cvauthors.3D_bug_fix
 +
2017-01-05: detect and alert on wayback machine deprecated liveweb host name; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#liveweb.archive.org
 +
2017-01-12: move transtitle out of external link
 +
2017-02-09: 2017-02-09: access signal lock images per RFC; see Wikipedia:Village_pump_(proposals)/Archive_135#Access_locks:_Visual_Design_RFC
 +
2017-02-12: remove duplicate lock image code; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Whatever_happened_to_the_access_lock_RFCs.3F
 +
2017-02-23: replace cite arxiv unsupported parameter test with lint of supported in whitelist; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#cite_arxiv_unsupported_parameters
 +
2017-03-26: support for cite biorxiv and cite citeseerx; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#.7B.7Bcite_bioRxiv.7D.7D
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local cs1 ={};
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 +
]]
 +
 +
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
  
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
+
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 +
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;
  
]]
+
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
  
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
  
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
  
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
  
  
--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------
+
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
  
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
+
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
other modules; that are created here and used here
+
and used here
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
+
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
+
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
+
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
+
 
local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
+
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
 
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation
 
  
  
Line 48: Line 63:
 
local i = 1;
 
local i = 1;
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
+
if is_set( list[i] ) then
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
end
 
end
Line 55: Line 70:
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 +
 +
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
 +
 +
]]
 +
 +
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
 +
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
 +
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
 +
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 +
end
 +
end
  
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
Line 61: Line 90:
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
  
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
+
local function add_vanc_error (source)
if added_vanc_errs then return end
+
if not added_vanc_errs then
+
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
+
end
 
end
 
end
  
Line 75: Line 104:
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
  
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
+
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Line 98: Line 127:
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
+
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
  
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
+
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
  
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
  
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
+
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
+
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
+
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
  
 
There are several tests:
 
There are several tests:
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
+
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
+
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
 
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
Line 120: Line 149:
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
  
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
+
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
Line 131: Line 160:
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
 
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
+
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
 
+
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
+
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
 +
return true;
 +
else
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
  
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
 
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
 
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
 
'[%a%d]+%:?'                                                            -- IPv6 address
 
}
 
  
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
+
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
if domain:match (pattern) then
 
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
 
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
 
return true
 
end
 
end
 
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
 
  
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
Line 176: Line 197:
  
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
+
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
else
 
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
+
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 186: Line 207:
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
  
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
+
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
  
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
+
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
  
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
+
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
  
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
+
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
 
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
 
  
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
Strip off any port and path;
Line 207: Line 225:
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
  
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
+
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
+
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
+
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
+
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 
end
 
else
 
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
 
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
Line 230: Line 242:
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
  
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
+
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
  
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
+
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
+
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
  
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
  
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
+
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
+
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 245: Line 257:
 
local function link_param_ok (value)
 
local function link_param_ok (value)
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then                                         -- if any prohibited characters
+
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
  
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
+
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
+
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Line 258: Line 269:
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
  
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
+
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
 
that condition exists
 
that condition exists
 
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 
code and must begin with a colon.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
+
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
+
 
 +
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
 
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
 
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
 
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
+
if is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
 
 
end
 
end
 
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
 
 
end
 
end
  
Line 295: Line 295:
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
  
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
+
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
+
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
+
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
  
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
+
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
Line 306: Line 306:
  
 
local function check_url( url_str )
 
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
+
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
+
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
 
 
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
Line 317: Line 317:
 
end
 
end
 
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
 
end
 
end
  
Line 324: Line 324:
  
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
+
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
+
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
  
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
+
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
+
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
Line 337: Line 337:
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
+
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
+
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('^//%S+') or value:match ('%s//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace
+
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
else
 
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
+
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
 
end
 
end
  
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
 
end
 
end
  
Line 359: Line 359:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
+
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
 +
local error_message = '';
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
+
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
+
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
 +
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
 +
end
 +
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 376: Line 383:
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
 
Line 384: Line 391:
 
['\n'] = ' ' } );
 
['\n'] = ' ' } );
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
Line 392: Line 398:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
+
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local err_msg = '';
+
local error_str = "";
 
local domain;
 
local domain;
 
local path;
 
local path;
 
local base_url;
 
local base_url;
 
+
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
+
if not is_set( label ) then
 
label = URL;
 
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
+
if is_set( source ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
+
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
 
else
 
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
+
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if not check_url (URL) then
+
if not check_url( URL ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
+
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
 
end
 
end
 
 
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
+
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
+
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
+
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
-- base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" });
 +
 +
-- if is_set(access) then -- access level (free, paywalled, ...)
 +
-- base_url = substitute(cfg.presentation[access], base_url);
 +
-- end
 +
 +
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
 +
local label_head = '';
 +
local label_tail;
 +
local markup = ''; -- can't start a span inside italic markup and end it outside the italic markup
  
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
+
label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines (is this necessary? already done above?)
 +
if label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)('''?)$") then -- for italicized titles (cite book, etc)
 +
label_head, label_tail, markup = label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)('''?)$"); -- split the label at the right-most space
 +
elseif label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)$") then -- for upright titles (journal, news, magazine, etc)
 +
label_head, label_tail = label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)$"); -- split the label at the right-most space; separate the markup
 +
elseif label:match ("(.+)('''?)$") then -- single word label with markup
 +
label_tail, markup = label:match ("(.+)('''?)$"); -- save label text as label tail; separate the markup
 +
else
 +
label_tail = label;
 +
end
  
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
+
base_url = table.concat (
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
+
{
 +
'<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css
 +
URL, -- the url
 +
' ', -- the required space
 +
label_head, -- all but the last word of the label
 +
' <span class="nowrap">', -- nowrap css for the last word and the signal icon
 +
label_tail, -- last (or only) word of the label inside the span
 +
'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css
 +
cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon
 +
'</span></span>', -- close signal spacing and nowrap spans
 +
markup, -- insert italic markup if any
 +
']</span>' -- close the plain links span
 +
});
 +
else
 +
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup
 
end
 
end
 
+
return base_url;
+
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
 
end
 
end
  
Line 432: Line 472:
 
parameters in the citation.
 
parameters in the citation.
  
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 439: Line 479:
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
+
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
 
 
 
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
 
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
+
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
  
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
+
Replaces unicode quotemarks with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
  
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
+
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
  
]=]
+
]]
  
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
+
local cap='';
local wl_type, label, link;
+
local cap2='';
 
+
-- TODO: move this elswhere so that all title-holding elements get these quote marks replaced?
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
+
str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
 +
str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
 
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
+
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
+
if is_set (cap) then
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
+
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
+
end
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
 
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
 
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
 
end
 
 
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
 
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
 
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
 
  
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
+
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
+
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
+
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
 
 
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
 
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
 
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
 
end
 
 
if 2 == wl_type then
 
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
 
else
 
str = label;
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
return str;
 
return str;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
  
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
+
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
in italic markup.
 
in italic markup.
  
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
+
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
  
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
+
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Line 517: Line 532:
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
  
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
+
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
  
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
+
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
  
 +
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
+
local function format_script_value (script_value)
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local name;
 
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
+
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
+
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
+
if not is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
 
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
end
 
end
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
+
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
+
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
+
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
+
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
+
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 
else
 
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
+
add_prop_cat ('script')
 
end
 
end
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
else
 
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
 
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
end
 
end
else
 
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
 
 
end
 
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
+
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
  
 
return script_value;
 
return script_value;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
  
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
+
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been  
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
+
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
+
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
+
if is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
+
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
+
if is_set (script) then
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
end
 
end
Line 585: Line 595:
  
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
+
if not is_set( str ) then
 
return "";
 
return "";
 
end
 
end
Line 591: Line 601:
 
local msg;
 
local msg;
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
+
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
 
else
 
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
+
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
 
 
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
 
label; nil else.
 
  
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
+
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
 +
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
+
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local wl_type, D, L;
+
local chapter_error = '';
local ws_url, ws_label;
+
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
+
if not is_set (chapter) then
 +
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 +
else
 +
if false == no_quotes then
 +
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 +
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 +
end
 +
end
  
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
+
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
  
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
+
if is_set (transchapter) then
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
+
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if utilities.is_set (str) then
+
if is_set (chapter) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
+
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
+
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
str, -- article title
+
chapter = transchapter; --  
});
+
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 
end
 
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
 
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 
str, -- article title
 
});
 
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 
end
 
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
 
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
 
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
 
});
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if ws_url then
+
if is_set (chapterurl) then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
+
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, nil); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
 
 
end
 
end
  
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
+
return chapter .. chapter_error;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
  
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
+
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
 +
first match.
  
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
+
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.
 
  
]]
+
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
 +
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
  
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
+
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
  
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
+
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
+
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
else
+
parameter value.
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
 
end
 
  
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
]]
  
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
+
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
+
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
+
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
+
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
+
local i=1;
periodical = trans_periodical;
+
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
+
 +
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
 +
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
 +
return;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
 +
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
 +
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
 +
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 +
 +
if position then
 +
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
 +
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
 +
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
 +
position = nil; -- unset
 +
else
 +
local err_msg;
 +
if capture then
 +
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
 +
else
 +
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
 +
end
 +
 
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
return; -- and done with this parameter
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
i=i+1; -- bump our index
 
end
 
end
 
return periodical;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
+
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
  
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
+
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
+
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
for error messages).
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
+
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
+
local origin = {};
if ws_url then
+
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
+
return setmetatable({
chapter = ws_label;
+
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
end
+
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
 
+
return origin[k];
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
 
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 
else
 
if false == no_quotes then
 
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
 
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
},
 
+
{
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
__index = function ( tbl, k )
 
+
if origin[k] ~= nil then
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
+
return nil;
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
+
end
elseif ws_url then
+
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
+
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
+
end
+
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 
+
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
+
if origin[k] == nil then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
+
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
+
end
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
+
elseif list ~= nil then
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
+
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
chapter = trans_chapter;
+
else
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
+
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
+
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
end
+
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
+
end
 
+
return chapter;
+
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 +
if v == nil then
 +
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
 +
origin[k] = '';
 +
end
 +
 +
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 +
return v;
 +
end,
 +
});
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
+
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
 
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
 
The search stops at the first match.
 
 
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 
 
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
 
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
 
See also coins_cleanup().
 
 
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
 
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
 
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
 
  
 +
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 +
true - active, supported parameters
 +
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 +
nil - unsupported parameters
 +
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
+
--local function validate( name )
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
+
local function validate( name, cite_class )
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
+
local name = tostring( name );
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
+
local state;
 +
 +
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 +
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
  
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
+
if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
+
state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
return;
+
end
end
+
if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
 +
state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
 +
end
 +
if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
 +
state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
 +
end
  
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
+
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
+
if false == state then
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
+
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
+
return true;
 
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
 
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
-- limited enumerated parameters list
 +
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#)
 +
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
 +
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 +
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
 
if position then
+
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
+
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
+
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
+
if false == state then
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
+
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
position = nil; -- unset
+
return true;
else
+
end
local err_msg;
+
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
+
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
+
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
else
 
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
 
end
 
  
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
+
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
return; -- and done with this parameter
+
if false == state then
end
+
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
end
+
return true;
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
 +
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
  
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
+
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
 
single internal variable.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
+
local function nowrap_date (date)
local origin = {};
+
local cap='';
 +
local cap2='';
 +
 
 +
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 +
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 
 
return setmetatable({
+
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
+
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
+
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
return origin[k];
+
end
end
+
},
+
return date;
{
 
__index = function ( tbl, k )
 
if origin[k] ~= nil then
 
return nil;
 
end
 
 
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
 
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
 
if origin[k] == nil then
 
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
 
end
 
elseif list ~= nil then
 
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
 
else
 
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
 
end
 
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
if v == nil then
 
v = '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
end
 
 
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 
return v;
 
end,
 
});
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
+
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
 +
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
  
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
+
]]
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
 
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
  
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
+
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
 +
if is_set(title_type) then
 +
if "none" == title_type then
 +
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
 +
end
 +
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
 +
end
  
]]
+
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
 
 
local function nowrap_date (date)
 
local cap = '';
 
local cap2 = '';
 
 
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 
 
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
 
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
 
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
 
return date;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
  
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
+
Converts a hyphen to a dash
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
 
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
 
(|type=none).
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
+
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
+
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
+
return str;
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
+
end
end
+
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
 
end
 
 
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
  
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
Line 898: Line 888:
  
 
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
 
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
+
--[[
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
+
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
f.gsub = string.gsub
+
f.match = string.match
+
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
f.sub = string.sub
+
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
+
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
+
]]
f.match = mw.ustring.match
+
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
 
end
 
 
 
 
local str = ''; -- the output string
 
local str = ''; -- the output string
 
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
 
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
Line 919: Line 906:
 
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
elseif value ~= '' then
 
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
+
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
+
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
 
else
 
else
 
comp = value;
 
comp = value;
 
end
 
end
 
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
+
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
+
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
+
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
 
trim = false;
 
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
+
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
+
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
 
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
 
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
+
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
+
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
+
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
+
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
+
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
+
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
 
trim = true; -- same question
 
trim = true; -- same question
 
end
 
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
+
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
+
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
trim = true;
 
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
 
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
+
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
+
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
 
end
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
+
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
+
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 
if trim then
 
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
+
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
+
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
 
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
+
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
 
else
 
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
+
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
+
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
return str;
 
return str;
end
+
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
  
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
+
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
Puncutation not allowed.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function is_suffix (suffix)
 
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
+
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
 
return true;
 
return true;
 
end
 
end
Line 989: Line 973:
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
+
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
 +
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 +
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 +
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
  
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
+
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
 
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
 
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
 
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
 
so editors may/must.
 
 
 
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
 
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
 
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
Line 1,006: Line 986:
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
  
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
+
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 
 
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
  
 
This original test:
 
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
+
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
+
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
+
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
+
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
 
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
 
to maintain this code.
 
  
 
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
 
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
Line 1,026: Line 1,002:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
+
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if not suffix then
+
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
+
 
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
+
if is_set (suffix) then
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
 
end
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
 
 
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
 
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
+
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
 
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
 
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or
+
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then
+
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
+
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
+
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 
end;
 
end;
 
return true;
 
return true;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
  
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.   
+
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.   
  
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
+
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
  
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
+
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
+
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
 
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
  
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
+
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function reduce_to_initials (first, position)
+
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
if first:find (',', 1, true) then
+
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon
 
end
 
 
 
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
 
  
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
+
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
 
end
 
end
  
Line 1,082: Line 1,045:
 
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 
else
 
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
+
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
end
 
end
Line 1,091: Line 1,054:
 
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
 
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
  
local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
+
 
 +
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
 
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
 
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
  
names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix
+
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
  
while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence
+
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
+
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
+
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
+
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
+
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
 
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
 
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
 
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
 
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
 
end
 
end
 
if 3 > i then
 
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
+
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
 
end
 
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
+
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
 
end
 
end
 
 
return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
+
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------
 
 
 
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
 
false – no prefixen
 
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
 
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
 
:<project>:<language>:<article>
 
:<language>:<project>:<article>
 
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
 
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix
 
 
 
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
 
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
 
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
 
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix
 
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
 
end
 
 
 
local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
 
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
 
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
 
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix
 
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix
 
}
 
 
local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
 
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes
 
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes
 
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix
 
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix
 
}
 
 
local cap1, cap2;
 
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
 
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
 
if cap1 then
 
break; -- found a match so stop looking
 
end
 
end
 
 
if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
 
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
 
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
 
end
 
else -- here when :language:project:
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
 
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
 
end
 
end
 
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language
 
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
 
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
 
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
 
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
 
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
 
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
+
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
 
 
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)  
 
 
 
names in the list will be linked when
 
|<name>-link= has a value
 
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
 
rendered previously so should have been linked there
 
 
 
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
+
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
 
local sep;
 
local sep;
 
local namesep;
 
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
+
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum;
+
local maximum = control.maximum
local name_list = {};
+
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
 +
local text = {}
  
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
+
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
+
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
+
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
 +
elseif 'mla' == control.mode then
 +
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
 +
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
else
 
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
+
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
+
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
end
 
end
 
 
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
+
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
+
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
 
 
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
+
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
+
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
+
local mask = person.mask
local one;
+
local one
 
local sep_one = sep;
 
local sep_one = sep;
 
+
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
 
 
etal = true;
 
etal = true;
 
break;
 
break;
end
+
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
+
local n = tonumber(mask)
if mask then
+
if (n ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
+
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
if n then
+
else
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
+
one = mask;
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
+
sep_one = " ";
else
 
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
 
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
 
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
+
one = person.last
local first = person.first -- get given name
+
local first = person.first
if utilities.is_set (first) then
+
if is_set(first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
+
if 'mla' == control.mode then
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
+
if i == 1 then -- for mla
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
+
one = one .. namesep .. first; -- first name last, first
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
+
else -- all other names
 +
one = first .. ' ' .. one; -- first last
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
 +
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 +
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
end
 
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
end
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
 
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
 
end
 
 
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
 
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
 
if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
 
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
 
end
 
if proj then
 
local proj_name = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
 
if proj_name then
 
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
 
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language
 
end
 
end
 
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
 
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
 
 
end
 
end
if tag then
+
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
+
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
 
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
 
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
 
 
end
 
end
 +
table.insert( text, one )
 +
table.insert( text, sep_one )
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
+
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then  
+
if count > 0 then  
if 1 < count and not etal then
+
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
+
if 'mla' == control.mode then
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
+
text[#text-2] = ", and "; -- replace last separator with ', and ' text
elseif 'and' == format then
+
else
if 2 == count then
+
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
 
else
 
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
+
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 
end
 
end
 
+
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
+
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
+
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
+
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 
end
 
end
 
 
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
+
return result, count
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
+
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
 
 
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
 
returns an empty string.
 
  
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
+
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
+
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
+
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
+
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
+
names[i] = v.last  
names[i] = v.last
+
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
 
 
end
 
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
+
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
+
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
+
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
+
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 
else
 
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
+
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
  
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
+
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
 +
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
  
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
+
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
+
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
+
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local class_t = {};
+
 
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
+
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
+
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
+
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
+
else
+
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
+
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
end
+
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
+
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
+
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
end
 +
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
 +
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 +
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 +
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 +
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
return name, etal; --  
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
  
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
+
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
 
+
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
+
(author or editor) maintenance category.
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
 
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
 
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
 
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
 
|display-<names>=etal parameter
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
+
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
 
+
local count, _;
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
+
if is_set (name) then
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
+
if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore
+
name = name:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
+
else
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
+
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
+
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
+
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
+
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
return name; -- and done
return name, etal;
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
 +
Gets name list from the input arguments
  
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
+
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
 +
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
 +
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
  
Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.
+
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
 +
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
  
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are
+
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.
+
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
 +
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
  
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
+
]]
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.
 
  
returns nothing
+
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
 +
local names = {}; -- table of names
 +
local last; -- individual name components
 +
local first;
 +
local link;
 +
local mask;
 +
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
 +
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
 +
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
 +
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
  
]]
+
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
 +
while true do
 +
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
 +
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
  
local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
+
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
local patterns = {
+
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
'^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
+
-- last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
'^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
+
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
}
+
 +
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 +
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 +
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 +
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
 +
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
 +
end
 +
else -- we have last with or without a first
 +
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
  
if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
+
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message
+
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
+
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
 
 
 
if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
 
if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
 
added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
 
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
 
 
end
 
end
 +
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 
end
 
end
 +
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
  
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
+
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
  
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
+
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
+
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
+
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
+
return the original language name string.
  
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
+
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
+
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.
+
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.
  
<name> – name parameter value
+
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
+
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names
+
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
  
returns nothing
+
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
+
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
+
if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR
limit = limit and limit or 1;
+
return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
if utilities.is_set (name) then
 
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
 
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
 
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
 
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
 
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
 
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
 
-- entities
 
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
 
 
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
 
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
 
-- they also can be subtracted.
 
if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
 
+
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
+
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
 
+
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
+
<item> can have on of two values:
+
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
+
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
'generic_titles' – for |title=
+
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
 
+
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
 
'reject' test. For example,
 
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
 
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
 
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
 
tests.
 
 
 
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
 
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
 
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
 
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
 
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
 
 
 
Returns
 
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
 
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
 
nil else
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
 
local test_val;
 
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
 
['en'] = string.lower,
 
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
 
}
 
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
 
['en'] = string.find,
 
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
 
}
 
 
 
local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
 
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
 
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
 
end
 
 
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
 
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second
 
 
 
for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
 
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
 
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
 
if generic_value[wiki] then
 
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
 
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
+
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
 +
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
  
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
+
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
parameter name used in error messaging
+
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
 +
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
  
]]
+
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
 +
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
  
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
+
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
+
separated from each other by commas.
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
 
added_generic_name_errs = true;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
]]
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
+
local function language_parameter (lang)
 
+
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.
+
local name; -- the language name
 +
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
 +
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
  
]]
+
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
 +
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
 +
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
  
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
+
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
local accept_name;
 
  
if utilities.is_set (last) then
+
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
 
  
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
+
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter
+
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
 
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
 
+
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
if utilities.is_set (first) then
 
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
 
 
 
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
 
name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
 
name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
 
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
 
 
end
 
end
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
+
if 0 ~= wl_type then
+
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
first = D;
+
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
+
else
 +
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 
end
 
end
end
+
 
+
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
return last, first; -- done
+
if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn'
 +
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
 +
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
 +
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it
 +
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
 +
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else
 +
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 +
end
 +
 +
table.insert (language_list, name);
 +
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 +
end
 +
 +
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
 +
if 2 >= code then
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
 +
elseif 2 < code then
 +
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 +
end
 +
if this_wiki_name == name then
 +
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 +
end
 +
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
 +
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
 +
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
 +
]]
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
+
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
  
Gets name list from the input arguments
+
]]
  
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
+
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
+
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
+
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
+
end
search is done.
+
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
 +
end
  
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
 
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
 
required to have a matching |firstn=.
 
  
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
+
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
 
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
 
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
+
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local names = {}; -- table of names
+
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
local last; -- individual name components
+
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
local first;
+
end
local link;
+
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
local mask;
+
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
+
end
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
+
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
+
end
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
+
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
 +
 
 +
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
 +
rendered style.
  
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
+
]]
while true do
+
 
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
+
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
local sep;
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
+
else -- not a citation template so CS1
if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
+
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
+
end
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
+
 
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
+
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
+
end
end
+
 
end
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
 
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
 
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
 
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
 
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link
 
link_alias = nil;
 
end
 
end
 
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
 
  
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
+
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
+
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
 
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
 
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
 
}); -- add this error message
 
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
 
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
 
end
 
else -- we have last with or without a first
 
local result;
 
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 
  
if first then
+
]]
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 
end
 
  
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
+
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
+
local sep;
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
+
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
+
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
end
+
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
+
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
+
elseif 'mla' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in mla style use cs1 for bot cs1 & cs2 templates
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
+
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 +
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 +
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 +
end
 +
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 +
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
 
end
 
end
 
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
+
return sep, ps, ref
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
+
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
 +
applying the pdf icon to external links.
  
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
+
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
  
This function looks for:
+
]=]
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
 
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
 
 
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
 
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
 
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
 
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
 
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}
 
  
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil
+
local function is_pdf (url)
 +
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
 +
end
  
]]
+
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
  
local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
+
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
+
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
local name;
+
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
local tag;
+
the appropriate styling.
  
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
+
]]
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
 
if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 
return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
 
end
 
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
 
end
 
  
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
+
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
+
if is_set (format) then
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
+
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
+
if not is_set (url) then
end
+
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
 
 
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
 
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
 
end
 
 
 
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
 
 
if name then
 
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
 
end
 
 
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
 
 
if tag then
 
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
 
end
 
 
 
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
 
 
 
if tag then
 
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
 
if name then
 
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
 
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
 +
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
 +
else
 +
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
end
 +
return format;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
  
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
+
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
 +
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
  
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
+
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
+
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
was provided with the language parameter.
+
some variant of the text 'et al.').
  
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
+
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
+
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
+
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
 
  
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
+
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
 
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
 
  
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
+
inputs:
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
+
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
optional space characters.
+
count: #a or #e
 +
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
 +
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function language_parameter (lang)
+
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
+
if is_set (max) then
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
+
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
local name; -- the language name
+
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
+
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
+
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 
+
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
+
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
 
+
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 
 
 
for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
 
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (tag) then
 
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag
 
 
 
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
 
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
 
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
 
end
 
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
 
 
end
 
end
else
+
else -- not a valid keyword or number
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
+
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 
end
 
end
 
table.insert (language_list, name);
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
 
end
 
end
+
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
+
return max, etal;
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
 
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 
end
 
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
 
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
 
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
 
]]
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
  
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
+
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
 +
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
  
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
+
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
+
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
+
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
+
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
+
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
+
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
+
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
+
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
+
 
end
+
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
else
+
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
 
 
end
 
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
+
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
 +
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
 +
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
 +
-- end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
 +
 +
split apart a |vautthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
 +
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
 +
rendered citation and in the metadata.
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
+
|vauthors=Jones AB, White EB, ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
  
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
+
This code is experimental and may not be retained.
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
+
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table)
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
+
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local sep;
+
if 'cs2' == mode then
+
local i = 1;
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
+
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
+
while name_table[i] do
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
+
local name = name_table[i];
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
+
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
else
+
while name_table[i] do
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
+
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
end
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
 
+
break; -- and done reassembling so
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
+
end
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
+
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
+
end
if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
+
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
+
else
 +
table.insert (output_table, name_table[i]); -- add this name
 
end
 
end
postscript = '';
+
i = i+1;
end
+
end
+
return output_table;
return sep, postscript
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
+
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
 +
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
  
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
+
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
+
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
 +
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
  
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
+
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function is_pdf (url)
 
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
 
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
 
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
 
  
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
+
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
 
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
 
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
 
the appropriate styling.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
+
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
+
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
+
local v_name_table = {};
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
+
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
+
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
end
+
local corporate = false;
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
+
 
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
+
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
else
+
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
+
add_vanc_error ('wikilink');
 
end
 
end
return format;
+
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table); -- names are separated by commas
end
 
  
 
+
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
+
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
 
+
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
+
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
+
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 
+
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
+
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
+
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').
+
end
 
+
local lastfirstTable = {}
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
+
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
+
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
+
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
 
+
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
+
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 
+
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
inputs:
+
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
+
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
count: #a or #e
+
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
+
end
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
+
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 
+
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
+
end
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
+
else
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
+
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.
+
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
+
end
]]
+
 
+
if is_set (first) then
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
+
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
if utilities.is_set (max) then
+
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
+
end
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
+
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
+
if is_set (suffix) then
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
+
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
+
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
+
end
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
+
else
max = nil;
+
if not corporate then
 +
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
 
end
 
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
 
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 
 
end
 
end
 +
-- this from extract_names ()
 +
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
end
 
end
+
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return max, etal;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
  
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
+
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
+
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
  
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
+
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
+
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
 
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG
 
  
]]
+
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
 +
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
 +
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 +
 
 +
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 +
 
 +
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
  
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
+
]]
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
 
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
 
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
 
return; -- and done
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
 +
local lastfirst = false;
 +
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
 +
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
 +
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
 +
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
 +
lastfirst=true;
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
+
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
 +
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
 +
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
 +
local err_name;
 +
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
 +
err_name = 'author';
 +
else
 +
err_name = 'editor';
 +
end
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
 +
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
end
  
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
+
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
+
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
and |issue=.
+
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
 +
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
 +
end
  
For |volume=:
 
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
 
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
 
are allowed.
 
  
For |issue=:
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
 
parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
 
numero sign U+2116.
 
 
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
 
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
 
 
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
 
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
 
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
 
  
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
+
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
 +
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
 +
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
 +
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
+
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, cite_class)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
+
-- begin hack to limit |mode=mla to a specific set of templates
return;
+
if ('mode' == name) and ('mla' == value) and not in_array (cite_class, {'book', 'journal', 'news'}) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
 +
return false
 
end
 
end
+
-- end hack
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
 
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
 
  
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns
+
if not is_set (value) then
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
+
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
+
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return; -- and done
+
return true;
end
+
else
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
 +
return false
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
  
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
+
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
+
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
+
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
 +
single space character.
  
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
+
]]
  
]=]
+
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
 
+
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
+
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (vparam);
+
else
if accept then
+
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
utilities.add_prop_cat ('vanc-accept'); -- add properties category
 
 
end
 
end
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
 
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
 
 
local i = 1;
 
 
while name_table[i] do
 
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
 
local name = name_table[i];
 
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
 
while name_table[i] do
 
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
 
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
 
break; -- and done reassembling so
 
end
 
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
 
end
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
else
 
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
if 1 == wl_type then
 
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
 
else
 
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
 
end
 
end
 
i = i + 1;
 
end
 
return output_table;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
+
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
  
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
+
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
+
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
  
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
+
]]
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
+
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
+
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower, mode)
 +
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
 +
return '';
 +
end
 +
 +
if ('mla' == mode) and ('journal' == cite_class) then -- same as cs1 for magazines
 +
lower = true; -- mla 8th edition; force these to lower case
 +
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
 +
elseif is_set (volume) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
 +
else
 +
return '';
 +
end
 +
end
  
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
+
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
 +
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
 +
elseif is_set (volume) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
 +
else
 +
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 +
end
 +
end
  
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
+
local vol = '';
 +
 +
if is_set (volume) then
 +
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
 +
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
 +
else
 +
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set (issue) then
 +
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
 +
end
 +
return vol;
 +
end
  
]]
 
  
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
+
--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
 
local v_name_table = {};
 
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
 
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
 
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
 
local corporate = false;
 
  
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
+
not currently used
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
 
  
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
+
normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>'
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
+
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list
local accept_name;
 
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
 
  
if accept_name then
+
]]
last = v_name;
+
--[[
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
+
local function normalize_page_list (list)
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
+
if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
+
list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values
end
+
list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list
local lastfirstTable = {}
+
return list;
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
 
 
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
 
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 
end
 
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
 
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
 
first = ''; -- unset
 
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
 
end
 
else
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
end
 
 
if utilities.is_set (first) then
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
 
end
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
 
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
 
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
 
end
 
else
 
if not corporate then
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
 
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
end
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
 
end
 
end
 +
]]
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
+
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
  
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
+
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
+
The return order is:
 +
page, pages, sheet, sheets
  
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
+
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
 
 
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
 
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
 
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
 
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
 
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
+
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower, mode)
local lastfirst = false;
+
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
+
if is_set (sheet) then
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
+
if 'journal' == origin then
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
+
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
+
else
lastfirst = true;
+
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
+
end
 
+
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
+
if 'journal' == origin then
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
+
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
 
local err_name;
 
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
 
err_name = 'author';
 
 
else
 
else
err_name = 'editor';
+
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
 
end
 
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
+
end
 
end
 
end
  
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
+
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
+
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
+
if is_journal and 'mla' == mode then
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
+
is_journal = false; -- mla always uses p & pp
end
+
end
  
 +
if is_set (page) then
 +
if is_journal then
 +
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
 +
elseif not nopp then
 +
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 +
else
 +
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set(pages) then
 +
if is_journal then
 +
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
 +
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
 +
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 +
elseif not nopp then
 +
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 +
else
 +
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
 
  
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
+
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
 
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
 
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
 
specified by ret_val.
 
  
TODO: explain <invert>
+
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
 +
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
 +
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
 +
unwitting readers to do.
  
]]
+
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
 +
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
  
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
+
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
+
|archive-date= and an error message when:
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
+
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
end
+
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
 +
correct place
 +
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
  
if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
+
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
+
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
+
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
return value; -- return <value> as it is
 
else
 
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
 
return ret_val;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
 +
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
 +
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
  
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
+
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
 +
archive url:
 +
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
 +
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
 +
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
  
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
+
]=]
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
 
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
 
single space character.
 
  
]]
+
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
 +
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
 +
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
 +
 +
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
 +
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 +
end
  
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
+
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
+
err_msg = 'save command';
return name_list; -- just return the name list
+
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
+
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
+
err_msg = 'liveweb';
 +
else
 +
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
 +
 +
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 +
err_msg = 'timestamp';
 +
if '*' ~= flag then
 +
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
 +
err_msg = 'path';
 +
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
 +
err_msg = 'flag';
 +
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 +
err_msg = 'flag';
 +
else
 +
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 +
end
 +
end
 +
-- if here, something not right so
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
 +
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
 +
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
else
 
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
+
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 +
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 +
parameter that is missing its pipe:
 +
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
 +
 
 +
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
 +
tags are removed before the search.
  
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
+
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
 
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
 
return '';
 
end
 
  
-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
+
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
+
local capture;
 
+
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
 
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
 
 
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
 
end
 
 
 
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
 
local vol = '';
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
 
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
 
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
 
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
 
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
 
else -- four or fewer characters
 
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
 
end
 
end
 
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
 
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
 
return vol;
 
end
 
 
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
end
 
 
if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
 
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number
 
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
 
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
 
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- all other types of citation
+
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
+
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
+
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
 
else
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
  
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
+
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
The return order is:
 
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
 
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
+
local function citation0( config, args)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
+
--[[
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
+
Load Input Parameters
if 'journal' == origin then
+
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
+
]]
else
+
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
+
local i
end
+
 
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
+
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
if 'journal' == origin then
+
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
+
 
else
+
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
+
local Mode = A['Mode'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode'], config.CitationClass) then
 +
Mode = '';
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local author_etal;
 +
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 +
local Authors;
 +
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
 +
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 +
 
 +
do -- to limit scope of selected
 +
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
 +
if 1 == selected then
 +
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 +
elseif 2 == selected then
 +
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 +
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 +
elseif 3 == selected then
 +
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 +
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
 +
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set (Collaboration) then
 +
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
+
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
+
local Others = A['Others'];
if utilities.is_set (page) then
+
 
if is_journal then
+
local editor_etal;
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
+
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
elseif not nopp then
+
local Editors;
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
 
else
+
do -- to limit scope of selected
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
end
+
if 1 == selected then
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
+
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
if is_journal then
+
elseif 2 == selected then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
+
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
+
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
elseif 3 == selected then
elseif not nopp then
+
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
else
 
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
 +
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
 +
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
 
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
 
end
 
  
 +
local interviewers_list = {};
 +
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
 +
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
 +
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
 +
else
 +
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
+
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
 
+
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
+
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
 
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
+
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
+
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
+
if 0 < #c then
 
+
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
 
+
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
+
end
to a new name)?
+
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
 
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
]]
+
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
+
end
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
 
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (page) then
 
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
 
pages = ''; -- unset the others
 
at = '';
 
 
end
 
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
+
else -- if not a book cite
 
+
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
if ws_url then
 
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
 
if utilities.is_set (at) then
 
at = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 
 
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
 
if ws_url then
 
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
 
if ws_url then
 
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
 
end
 
end
 +
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
end
 
end
 
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
 
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
 
 
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
 
 
]]
 
  
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
+
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
 
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
 
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
return archive, date;
+
local Year = A['Year'];
end
+
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
 
+
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
 +
local Date = A['Date'];
 +
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
 +
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
 +
local Title = A['Title'];
 +
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
 +
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
 +
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 +
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
 +
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 +
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 +
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
  
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
+
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
 +
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
 +
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
 +
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 +
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 +
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 +
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 +
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
  
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
+
local ArchiveDate;
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
+
local ArchiveURL;
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
 
unwitting readers to do.
 
  
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
+
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
+
 +
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
 +
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 +
end
  
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
+
local URL = A['URL']
|archive-date= and an error message when:
+
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
+
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
+
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
correct place
+
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
+
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
 +
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 +
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 +
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
  
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
+
local Series = A['Series'];
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
+
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
+
local Volume;
 
+
local Issue;
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
+
local Page;
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
+
local Pages;
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
+
local At;
 +
-- previously conference books did not support volume
 +
-- if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
 +
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
 +
Volume = A['Volume'];
 +
end
 +
-- conference & map books do not support issue
 +
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
 +
Issue = A['Issue'];
 +
end
 +
local Position = '';
 +
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
 +
Page = A['Page'];
 +
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
 +
At = A['At'];
 +
end
  
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
+
local Edition = A['Edition'];
archive URL:
+
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
+
local Place = A['Place'];
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
+
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
+
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 +
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
RegistrationRequired=nil;
 +
end
 +
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
 +
end
 +
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
 +
UrlAccess = nil;
 +
end
 +
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
 +
UrlAccess = nil;
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
 +
end
  
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
+
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
archive.today). The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
matches the timestamp in the archive url.
+
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
 +
end
 +
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
 +
end
  
]=]
 
  
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
+
local Via = A['Via'];
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
+
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
+
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
 
url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- this timestamp needs cleanup
 
if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
 
return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', ''); -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done
 
end
 
-- here for archive.org urls
 
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
 
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
  
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
+
local Language = A['Language'];
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
+
local Format = A['Format'];
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
+
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
+
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
+
local ID = A['ID'];
else
+
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
+
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
+
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
 
if '*' ~= flag then
 
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
 
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
 
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
 
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
 
end
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
 
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
 
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
 
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
 
else
 
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
-- if here, something not right so
+
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and
+
 
 +
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
 +
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
  
if is_preview_mode then
+
local Quote = A['Quote'];
return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
 
else
 
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
 +
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
 +
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
 +
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
 +
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
 +
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
 +
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
  
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
+
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
 +
end
 +
if 'mla' == Mode then
 +
LastAuthorAmp = 'yes'; -- replaces last author/editor separator with ' and ' text
 +
end
 +
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
 +
end
  
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
+
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
+
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
 +
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
 +
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
 +
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
  
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
+
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
 +
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
 +
end
  
]]
+
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
 +
local PostScript;
 +
local Ref;
 +
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
 +
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
  
local function place_check (param_val)
+
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
+
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
return param_val; -- return that empty state
+
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
end
+
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
+
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
+
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
+
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
break; -- bail out if one is found
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
return param_val; -- and done
 
end
 
  
 +
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
 +
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
+
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
 +
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
NoPP = true;
 +
else
 +
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
 +
end
  
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
+
if is_set(Page) then
 
+
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
]]
+
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
 +
At = '';
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 +
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 +
if is_set(At) then
 +
At = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 +
end
  
local function is_archived_copy (title)
+
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
+
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
+
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
return true;
 
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
 
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
 
return true;
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
 
+
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
 
+
--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------
+
--[[
 
+
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
+
When the citation has these parameters:
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
+
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
special handling is required.
+
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
 +
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
  
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
+
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
+
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
 
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
 
set overridden maint category
 
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
 
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value
 
  
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
+
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
+
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both
 
if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison
 
local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits
 
  
if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
+
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
+
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
+
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
else
+
if not is_set(Chapter) then
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
+
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
end
+
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
end
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
+
ChapterURL = URL;
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
+
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
+
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
+
end
-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
+
Title = Periodical;
if global_display_names then
+
ChapterFormat = Format;
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
+
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
else
+
TransTitle = '';
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local
+
URL = '';
 +
Format = '';
 +
TitleLink = '';
 +
ScriptTitle = '';
 +
end
 +
else -- |title not set
 +
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
 
+
-- Special case for cite techreport.
--[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >--------------------------------------------------------------
+
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
 
+
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides
+
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
local |mode= parameter value.  When both are present, emit maintenance message
+
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 
+
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
]]
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
 
+
end
local function mode_set (Mode, Mode_origin)
+
end
local mode;
 
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
 
mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
 
else
 
mode = is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
 
 
end
 
end
  
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
+
-- special case for cite mailing list
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
+
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
 +
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
 +
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
 +
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
 
end
 
end
return mode;
 
end
 
  
 +
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
 +
if is_set(BookTitle) then
 +
Chapter = Title;
 +
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
 +
URLorigin = '';
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 +
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
Title = BookTitle;
 +
Format = '';
 +
-- TitleLink = '';
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
URL = '';
 +
end
 +
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 +
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >----------------------------------------------------------
+
-- cite map oddities
 
+
local Cartography = "";
create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages=
+
local Scale = "";
 
+
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>.  When none of those parameters
+
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata
+
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
 
+
Chapter = A['Map'];
]]
+
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 
+
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
local function quote_make (quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript)
+
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
if utilities.is_set (quote) or utilities.is_set (trans_quote) or utilities.is_set (script_quote) then
+
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
 
if utilities.is_set (quote) then
 
if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
 
quote = quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
quote = kern_quotes (quote); -- kern if needed
+
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
+
if is_set( Cartography ) then
+
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
if utilities.is_set (script_quote) then
+
end
quote = script_concatenate (quote, script_quote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
+
Scale = A['Scale'];
 +
if is_set( Scale ) then
 +
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
if utilities.is_set (trans_quote) then
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
+
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
end
+
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_quote );
+
 
end
+
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
  
if utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then -- add page prefix
+
local Network = A['Network'];
local quote_prefix = '';
+
local Station = A['Station'];
if utilities.is_set (quote_page) then
+
local s, n = {}, {};
extra_text_in_page_check (quote_page, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
+
-- do common parameters first
if not nopp then
+
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', '';
+
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
else
+
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', '';
+
end
+
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
elseif utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then
+
Date = AirDate;
extra_text_in_page_check (quote_pages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 
if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
 
else
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
 
end
 
end
 
                       
 
quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote;
 
else
 
quote = sepc .. " " .. quote;
 
 
end
 
end
  
postscript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
+
local Season = A['Season'];
elseif utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then
+
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
quote_page = nil; -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message?
 
quote_pages = nil;
 
end
 
  
return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript;
+
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
end
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
+
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
+
end
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >--------------------------------------
+
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
 
+
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value.
+
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else
+
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 
+
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
<publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution=
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function check_publisher_name (publisher)
 
local patterns_t = {
 
'^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- plain text <location>: <publisher>
 
'^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher>
 
'^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]]
 
'^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]]
 
}
 
 
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence
+
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
if mw.ustring.match (publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match?
+
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
utilities.set_message ('maint_publisher_location'); -- set a maint message
+
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
return; -- and done
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
end
+
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
 +
 +
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 +
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 +
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 +
 
 +
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
 +
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
 +
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
 +
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
 +
end
 +
URL = ''; -- unset
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
ScriptTitle = '';
 +
 +
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 +
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 +
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 +
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 +
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
 +
end
 +
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 +
end
 
end
 
end
end
+
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
  
 +
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
do
 +
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
 +
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version (deprecated for cite arxiv) (not allowed for biorxiv and citeseerx)
 +
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
 +
Series = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
 +
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 +
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 +
end
 +
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 +
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 +
end
 +
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
 +
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 +
end
 +
end
 +
-- if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 +
-- if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
 +
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
-- elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version (deprecated for cite arxiv)
 +
-- ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
 +
-- Series = ''; -- unset
 +
-- end
 +
 +
-- Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 +
-- end
 +
end
 +
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
 +
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 +
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 +
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
 +
end
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
+
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
 
+
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
+
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
 
+
end
]]
 
  
local function citation0( config, args )
+
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
--[[
+
if not is_set (Date) then
Load Input Parameters
+
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
+
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
]]
+
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
+
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
local i
+
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
 
 
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
 
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
 
 
 
local author_etal;
 
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 
local Authors;
 
local NameListStyle;
 
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
 
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
 
else
 
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
 
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
+
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
 
end
 
  
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
+
--[[
 +
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
 +
we get the date used in the metadata.
  
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
+
]]
if 1 == selected then
+
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
local error_message = '';
elseif 2 == selected then
+
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
+
local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};
elseif 3 == selected then
 
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
 
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 
end
 
end
 
  
local editor_etal;
+
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 
  
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
+
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 1 == selected then
+
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
+
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
elseif 2 == selected then
+
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
+
end
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
+
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
end
+
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
end
+
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
+
end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
 
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
 
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
 
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
 
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
 
 
end
 
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
 
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
 
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
 
 
if 0 < #c then
+
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
+
local modified = false; -- flag
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
+
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
+
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
 
end
 
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
+
 
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
+
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
+
modified = true;
 +
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
 +
end
 +
 +
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
 +
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
 +
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
 +
Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
 +
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
 +
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
 +
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
end
 
end
else -- if not a book cite
+
end -- end of do
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
+
 
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
end
+
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Contribution = nil; -- unset
+
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --  
end
 
  
local Title = A['Title'];
+
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
+
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
 +
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 +
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 +
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 +
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
 +
end
  
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
+
end
local accept_link;
 
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
 
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
 
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
 
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
 
 
end
 
end
  
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
+
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
 
+
-- Test if citation has no title
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
+
if not is_set(Title) and
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
+
not is_set(TransTitle) and
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
+
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
 +
else
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
 
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
 
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
 
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
 
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
 
 
 
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
+
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
local param;
+
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
+
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
 
param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
 
elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
 
TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
 
param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
 
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
 
ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
 
param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one
 
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
+
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
local i;
+
['title']=Title,
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
+
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
+
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
+
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
end
+
});
end
 
  
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
+
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
+
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
+
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
end
+
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the articleSo, we remap
 
 
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
 
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
 
end
 
 
 
-- web and news not tested for now because of
 
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
 
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
 
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
 
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
 
if p[config.CitationClass] then
 
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
local Volume;
+
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
+
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
+
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
+
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
+
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
end
+
coins_title = Periodical;
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
 
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
 
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
 
end
 
else
 
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
 
end
 
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
 
Volume = A['Volume'];
 
end
 
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');
 
 
 
local Issue;
 
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
 
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
end
 
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
 
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
 
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
+
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
local ArticleNumber;
+
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
 
+
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
 
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
 
 
end
 
end
  
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');
+
-- this is the function call to COinS()
 
+
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
local Page;
+
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
local Pages;
+
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
local At;
+
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
local QuotePage;
+
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
local QuotePages;
+
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
+
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
Page = A['Page'];
+
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
+
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
At = A['At'];
+
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
+
['Series'] = Series,
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
+
['Volume'] = Volume,
end
+
['Issue'] = Issue,
 +
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
 +
['Edition'] = Edition,
 +
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 +
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 +
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 +
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 +
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 +
}, config.CitationClass);
  
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
 
+
-- if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
local Mode = mode_set (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'));
+
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
 
+
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
-- separator character and postscript
 
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
 
local Quote;
 
Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript = quote_make (A['Quote'], A['TransQuote'], A['ScriptQuote'], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript);
 
 
 
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
 
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
 
 
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
 
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
 
local i = 0;
 
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
 
if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
 
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
 
end
 
end
 
 
if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
 
 
end
 
end
  
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
+
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
 
 
 
 
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
 
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
+
if is_set (PublisherName) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
+
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
 
end
 
end
 
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
 
 
end
 
end
  
if 'book' == config.CitationClass or 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then
 
local accept;
 
PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (PublisherName); -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped
 
if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup
 
check_publisher_name (PublisherName); -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location
 
end
 
end
 
  
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
 
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
 
 
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
 
UrlAccess = nil;
 
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
 
end
 
 
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
 
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
 
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
 
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
 
end
 
  
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
+
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
+
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
MapUrlAccess = nil;
+
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
+
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
end
+
do
 +
local last_first_list;
 +
local control = {
 +
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 +
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 +
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
 +
mode = Mode
 +
};
 +
 
 +
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
 +
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 +
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
  
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
+
if is_set (Editors) then
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
+
if editor_etal then
 +
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 +
else
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 +
end
  
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
+
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
+
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
+
end
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
 
end
 
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
+
do -- now do interviewers
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
+
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
+
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
break; -- bail out if one is found
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
do -- now do translators
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
+
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
+
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
 
 
local coins_pages;
 
 
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then
 
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
 
 
end
 
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
+
do -- now do contributors
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
+
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
end
+
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
 
+
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
+
do -- now do authors
 +
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
  
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
+
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
+
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
+
control.maximum = #a + 1;
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
+
end
local Format = A['Format'];
+
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
+
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
 
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
 
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
 
 
--[[
 
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
When the citation has these parameters:
 
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
 
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
 
  
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
+
if is_set (Authors) then
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
+
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
if author_etal then
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
+
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
+
end
]]
 
 
 
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
 
local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia'];
 
local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia'];
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
 
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
 
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
 
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
 
 
else
 
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')});
+
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
end
 
end
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template
+
end -- end of do
ScriptEncyclopedia = nil;
+
TransEncyclopedia = nil;
+
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
 +
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then
 
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'});
 
end
 
  
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
 
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then
+
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
+
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
+
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia;
+
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia');
+
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
 +
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
 +
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
  
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
+
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
+
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
+
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
+
end
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
  
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
+
if not is_set(URL) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
end
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
+
end
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
+
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
+
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
+
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
ScriptPeriodical = '';
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
URL = '';
+
AccessDate = '';
Format = '';
 
TitleLink = '';
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
 
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
 
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
 
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
ScriptPeriodical = '';
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- special case for cite techreport.
+
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
local ID = A['ID'];
+
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
+
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
+
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
+
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
+
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
+
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
+
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
 +
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 +
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
 +
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set (URL) then
 +
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
 +
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
 +
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
 +
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 +
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
 +
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 +
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
 +
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
 
end
 
end
end
+
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local Conference = A['Conference'];
+
local chap_param;
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
+
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
+
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
Chapter = Title;
+
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
Chapter_origin = 'title';
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
+
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
ChapterURL = URL;
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
URL_origin = '';
+
end
ChapterFormat = Format;
+
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Title = BookTitle;
+
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
Format = '';
+
TransChapter = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
+
ChapterURL = '';
TransTitle = '';
+
ScriptChapter = '';
URL = '';
+
ChapterFormat = '';
 +
end
 +
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 +
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
 +
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
 +
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
 +
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
 +
if is_set (Chapter) then
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
 +
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 +
end
 +
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
 +
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 +
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
end
 
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
 
end
 
end
 
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- controls capitalization of certain static text
 
 
-- cite map oddities
 
local Cartography = "";
 
local Scale = "";
 
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
 
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
 
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
 
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
 
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
 
end
 
Chapter = A['Map'];
 
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
 
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
 
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
 
  
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
+
-- Format main title.
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
+
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
 +
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
 +
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
 +
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 +
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 +
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 +
else
 +
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 +
end
  
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
+
local TransError = "";
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
+
if is_set(TransTitle) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
+
if is_set(Title) then
end
+
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
Scale = A['Scale'];
+
else
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
+
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if is_set(Title) then
 +
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
 +
 +
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
 +
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls
 +
-- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive
 +
-- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available
 +
-- local err_msg
 +
-- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message
 +
-- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this
 +
-- Title = Title .. (err_msg or '');
 +
-- end
 +
-- else
 +
-- Title = temp_title;
 +
-- end
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
local Series = A['Series'];
+
Format = "";
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
+
else
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
+
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 +
end
 +
end
  
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
+
if is_set(Place) then
 +
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 +
end
  
local Network = A['Network'];
+
if is_set (Conference) then
local Station = A['Station'];
+
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
local s, n = {}, {};
+
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
-- do common parameters first
+
end
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
+
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
+
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
+
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
+
end
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
 
local Season = A['Season'];
 
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
  
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
+
if not is_set(Position) then
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
+
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
+
local Time = A['Time'];
end
 
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
 
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
 
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
 
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 
 
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
 
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
 
 
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
  
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
+
if is_set(Minutes) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
+
if is_set (Time) then
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
 
 
end
 
end
URL = ''; -- unset
+
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
TransTitle = '';
+
else
ScriptTitle = '';
+
if is_set(Time) then
Format = '';
+
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
+
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
+
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
+
if sepc ~= '.' then
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
+
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
+
end
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
+
end
 +
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
 
end
 
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 
end
 
end
 
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
 
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
 
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
 
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
Position = " " .. Position;
 +
At = '';
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
+
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase, Mode);
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
 
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
 
end
 
  
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
+
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
local Date = A['Date'];
+
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
+
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
+
local Section = A['Section'];
local Year = A['Year'];
+
local Sections = A['Sections'];
 +
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 +
 +
if is_set( Inset ) then
 +
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set( Sections ) then
 +
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 +
elseif is_set( Section ) then
 +
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 +
end
 +
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set (Language) then
 +
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
 +
else
 +
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 +
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
 +
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
 +
]]
 +
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Year) then
+
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
+
 +
if is_set (Translators) then
 +
if 'mla' == Mode then
 +
Others = sepc .. ' Trans. ' .. Translators .. Others;
 +
else
 +
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set (Interviewers) then
 +
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others;
 
end
 
end
+
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
+
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
+
if is_set (Edition) then
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
+
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
+
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
+
end
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
+
if 'mla' == Mode then
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
+
Edition = '. ' .. Edition .. ' ed.';
 
else
 
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
+
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
+
Edition = '';
 
end
 
end
  
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
+
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
 +
if 'mla' == Mode then -- not in brackets for mla
 +
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (". " .. OrigYear) or "";
 +
else
 +
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
 +
end
 +
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
  
--[[
+
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase, Mode);
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
 
we get the date used in the metadata.
 
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
]]
 
  
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
+
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
+
if is_set(Via) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
+
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
 
end
 
end
  
local ArchiveURL;
+
--[[
local ArchiveDate;
+
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
+
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url
 
 
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
 
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
 
 
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
 
  
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
+
]]
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
+
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
+
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
+
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
+
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
+
else
local error_message = '';
+
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
+
end
local date_parameters_list = {
 
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
 
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
 
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
 
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
 
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
 
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
 
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
 
};
 
  
local error_list = {};
+
if is_set(AccessDate) then
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
+
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
  
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
+
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
+
if 'mla' == Mode then -- retrieved text not used in mla
 +
AccessDate = ' ' .. AccessDate;
 +
else
 +
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
 +
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
end
 
end
 +
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
 +
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
 +
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
 +
end
 +
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 +
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 +
end
  
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
+
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
local modified = false; -- flag
 
 
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
 
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
 
end
 
  
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
+
if is_set(URL) then
modified = true;
+
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
+
end
end
 
 
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
 
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
 
modified = true;
 
end
 
  
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
+
if is_set(Quote) then
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
+
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
+
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
+
end
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
+
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
+
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
+
end
 
+
if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
+
local Archived
validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
+
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
 +
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
 +
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
 +
end
 +
if "no" == DeadURL then
 +
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
 +
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 +
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
 +
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
 +
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
 +
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
 +
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
else
 +
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
end
 +
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 +
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 +
end
 
else
 
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,  
 +
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
+
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 
+
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
+
else
('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
+
Archived = ""
('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
 
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 
if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 
local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
 
if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat
 
end
 
else -- PublisherName has a value
 
if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
 
PublisherName = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
 
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
 
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
 
 
local ID_support = {
+
local Lay = '';
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
+
if is_set(LayURL) then
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
+
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
+
if is_set(LaySource) then
}
+
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
 
+
else
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class, Year=anchor_year}, ID_support);
+
LaySource = "";
 
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
 
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
 
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
 
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
if sepc == '.' then
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
+
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 +
else
 +
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 +
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
end
 
end
  
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
+
if is_set(Transcript) then
 
+
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
+
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
 
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
 
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
 
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
 
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
 
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
 
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
 
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
 
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
 
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
 
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
 
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 +
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
end
  
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
+
local Publisher;
-- Test if citation has no title
+
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
+
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
+
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
+
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
+
else
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
+
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
+
end
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
+
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
 +
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
end
 
end
 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
 
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
 
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
 
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
 
 
 
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
+
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
+
if is_set(Periodical) then
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
+
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
+
else
coins_title = Periodical;
+
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
+
 
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
+
--[[
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
+
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
end
+
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
+
]]
-- this is the function call to COinS()
+
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
+
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
+
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
+
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
+
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
+
end
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
+
end
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
 
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
 
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
 
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron,
 
['Series'] = Series,
 
['Volume'] = Volume,
 
['Issue'] = Issue,
 
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
 
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
 
['Edition'] = Edition,
 
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
 
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
 
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 
}, config.CitationClass);
 
 
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
 
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- special case for cite newsgroupDo this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
+
-- Piece all bits together at lastHere, all should be non-nil.
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
+
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
+
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
end
 
  
local Editors;
+
local tcommon;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
+
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
+
local contributor_etal;
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
+
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
local translator_etal;
+
if 'mla' == Mode then
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
+
else
local Interviewers;
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,  
local interviewers_list = {};
+
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
+
end
local interviewer_etal;
+
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
+
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
+
if 'mla' == Mode then
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
+
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
do
+
else
local last_first_list;
+
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
local control = {
 
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
 
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 
mode = Mode
 
};
 
 
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
 
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
 
control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);
 
 
 
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
 
 
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
 
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
 
end
do -- now do interviewers
 
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
 
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);
 
  
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
+
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
 +
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 +
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 +
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
 
end
 
end
do -- now do translators
+
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
+
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
  
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
+
elseif ('news' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite news in MLA mode
end
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Agency}, sepc );
do -- now do contributors
 
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
 
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);
 
  
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
+
elseif ('web' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite web in MLA mode
end
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,  
do -- now do authors
+
Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
 
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);
 
  
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
+
else -- all other CS1 templates
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
 +
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
 +
if #ID_list > 0 then
 +
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
ID_list = ID;
 +
end
 +
 +
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 +
local text;
 +
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
  
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
+
if is_set(Date) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
if ('mla' == Mode) then
if author_etal then
+
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'news', 'web'}) then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
+
Date = ', ' .. Date; -- origyear follows title in mla
end
+
elseif 'journal' == config.CitationClass then
 +
Date = ', (' .. Date .. ')';
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
 +
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
 +
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 +
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
 +
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
 +
else
 +
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set(Authors) then
 +
if is_set(Coauthors) then
 +
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
 +
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
 
else
 
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
+
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
 
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
end
+
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
+
end
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
+
if is_set(Editors) then
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
+
local in_text = " ";
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
+
local post_text = "";
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
+
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c and 'mla' ~= Mode then
 
+
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
+
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
+
elseif is_set(Chapter) and 'mla' == Mode then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
+
in_text = '. Ed. ';
end
+
else
 
+
in_text = '. Eds. ';
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
end
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
+
else
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
+
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 +
else
 +
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 +
end
 +
end
 +
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
end
+
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
+
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
+
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
+
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
AccessDate = '';
+
if is_set (Editors) and ('mla' ~= Mode)then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
end
+
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
+
end
 
+
if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
+
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
local OriginalURL
 
local OriginalURL_origin
 
local OriginalFormat
 
local OriginalAccess;
 
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
 
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
 
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
 
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
 
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
 
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
 
 
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
 
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
 
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
 
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
 
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
if 'mla' == Mode then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
+
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, OrigYear, Authors, Place, Others, Editors, tcommon2, Date, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
+
else
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
+
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
 
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
 
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
 
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
 
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
 
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
 +
tcommon = tcommon .. Date; -- hack to avoid duplicate separators
 +
text = safe_join( {Authors, Chapter, Title, OrigYear, Others, Editors, Edition, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
+
elseif is_set(Editors) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
+
if is_set(Date) then
end
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
+
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
+
else
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
local chap_param;
 
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
 
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
 
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
 
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
 
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
 
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
else
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
+
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
+
else
TransChapter = '';
+
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
ChapterURL = '';
 
ScriptChapter = '';
 
ChapterFormat = '';
 
end
 
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
 
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
 
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
 
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
if 'mla' == Mode then
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
+
text = safe_join( {Editors, Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
+
else
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
+
text = safe_join( {Editors, Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 
 
end
 
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
+
else
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
+
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
 
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
-- Format main title
+
text = safe_join( {Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
local plain_title = false;
+
else
local accept_title;
+
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
 
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
 
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
 
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
 
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
 
end
 
 
 
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
 
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
 
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
 
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
 
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
 
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
else
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
+
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
end
+
else
 
+
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
 
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 +
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 +
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 +
end
 +
 +
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
  
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
+
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
+
local options = {};
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
+
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
+
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
+
options.class = config.CitationClass;
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 
 
else
 
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
+
options.class = "citation";
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
 
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 
else
 
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
 +
local id = Ref
 +
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
 +
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 +
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
  
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
+
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
namelist = c; -- select it
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
+
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
+
namelist = a;
end
+
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
+
namelist = e;
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
 
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 
Format = "";
 
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
 
local ws_url;
 
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
 
if ws_url then
 
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 
else
 
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
 
 
end
 
end
else
+
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
+
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
 
if ws_url then
 
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
 
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 
 
else
 
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
+
id = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
else
+
options.id = id;
Title = TransTitle;
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
+
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
+
z.error_categories = {};
 +
text = set_error('empty_citation');
 +
z.message_tail = {};
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
 +
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set
 +
else
 +
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- all other cases
 +
end
  
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
+
text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
+
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
+
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
+
text = text .. " ";
 +
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
 +
if is_set(v[1]) then
 +
if i == #z.message_tail then
 +
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
 +
else
 +
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
 
 
end
 
end
  
local Position = '';
+
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
+
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">';
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
local Time = A['Time'];
+
text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
 
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
 
end
 
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 
else
 
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
 
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
 
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 
if sepc ~= '.' then
 
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
 
end
 
end
 
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
else
+
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
Position = " " .. Position;
 
At = '';
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
+
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
 
+
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
+
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
+
end
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
local Inset = A['Inset'];
+
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
 
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
 
end
 
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
end
+
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 
 
local Others = A['Others'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
 
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
 
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
 
else
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
+
return text
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
+
end
end
+
 
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
end
 
 
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
 
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
 
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
 
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
 
end
 
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
else
 
Edition = '';
 
end
 
  
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
+
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
 
if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then
 
Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering
 
else
 
Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported
 
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
 
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
  
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
+
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
  
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
+
]]
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
 
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
  
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
+
function cs1.citation(frame)
 +
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
 +
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 +
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
 +
 +
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 +
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
 +
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
 +
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
 +
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
 +
 +
else -- otherwise
 +
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
 +
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
 +
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
 +
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
 +
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 +
validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module
 +
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 +
 +
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
 +
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
 +
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
 +
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
 
 
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
+
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
in_array = utilities.in_array;
local Docket = A['Docket'];
+
substitute = utilities.substitute;
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
+
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
+
set_error = utilities.set_error;
end
+
select_one = utilities.select_one;
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
+
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
+
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
end
+
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
 +
remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;
 +
 
 +
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
  
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
+
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
end
+
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
 +
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
 
 
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
+
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
+
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
-- a displayed postscript.
+
COinS = metadata.COinS;
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
+
 
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
+
local args = {};
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
+
local suggestions = {};
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
+
local error_text, error_state;
end
+
 
+
local config = {};
local Archived;
+
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
+
config[k] = v;
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
+
args[k] = v;  
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message
+
end
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
else
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
 
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message
 
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
end
 
  
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
+
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local arch_text;
+
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if "live" == UrlStatus then
+
if v ~= '' then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
+
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
error_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
+
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
+
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
+
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
else
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
Archived = '';
+
end
end
+
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
 
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
 
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
 
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
 
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
 
else
 
else
utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
+
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
end
+
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
+
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
+
else
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
+
end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
 
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 
else
 
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
 
end
 
end
 
else -- OriginalUrl not set
 
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
 
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
else
 
Archived = '';
 
end
 
 
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
 
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
 
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
 
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
 
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
 
end
 
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
 
end
 
 
 
local Publisher;
 
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
 
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
end
 
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
 
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
 
else
 
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
 
end
 
end
 
 
local Language = A['Language'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
 
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
 
else
 
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
 
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
 
]]
 
end
 
 
 
--[[
 
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
 
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
 
]]
 
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
 
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
 
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
 
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
 
 
local tcommon;
 
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
 
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
 
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 
tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
 
else
 
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
 
end
 
 
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
 
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
 
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
 
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
 
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc);
 
end
 
 
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
 
 
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
 
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
 
end
 
 
if #ID_list > 0 then
 
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 
else
 
ID_list = ID;
 
end
 
 
local Via = A['Via'];
 
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
 
local idcommon;
 
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
 
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
 
else
 
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
 
end
 
 
local text;
 
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
 
 
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
 
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
 
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
 
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
 
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
 
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
 
else
 
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
 
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 
local in_text = '';
 
local post_text = '';
 
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
 
in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then
 
in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2
 
end
 
end
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
 
else
 
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
 
end
 
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
 
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
 
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
else
 
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 
else
 
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 
end
 
else
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 
else
 
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 
end
 
end
 
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
 
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
 
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 
if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present
 
text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here
 
else
 
text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
 
end
 
end
 
 
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
 
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
 
local options_t = {};
 
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 
 
 
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
 
 
 
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
 
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
 
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
 
namelist_t = c; -- select it
 
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
 
namelist_t = a;
 
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
 
namelist_t = e;
 
end
 
local citeref_id;
 
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
 
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
 
end
 
else
 
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
 
end
 
 
 
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
 
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
 
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
 
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
 
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
 
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
 
end
 
 
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
 
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
 
else
 
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
 
end
 
 
 
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
 
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
 
end
 
 
 
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
 
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
 
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
 
 
 
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
 
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
 
 
 
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
 
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
 
 
 
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
 
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
 
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
 
break; -- and done because no need to look further
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
 
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
 
end
 
 
 
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
 
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
 
 
 
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
 
 
 
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 
 
 
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
 
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
 
end
 
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
 
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
 
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
 
);
 
end
 
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
 
end
 
 
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
 
local sort_key;
 
local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
 
if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
 
local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext
 
sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
 
cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key
 
end
 
 
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
 
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
 
end
 
if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
 
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
 
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
 
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 
true - active, supported parameters
 
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 
nil - unsupported parameters
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
 
local name = tostring (name);
 
local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
 
local state;
 
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
if 'tracked' == state then
 
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
 
return true;
 
end
 
return nil;
 
end
 
 
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
 
return nil;
 
end
 
-- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
 
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity
 
 
 
if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
 
state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
return false;
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 
state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
 
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
 
state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 
 
 
state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
 
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
 
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
 
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
 
 
return value as is else
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
 
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
 
local _;
 
 
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
 
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
 
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
 
end
 
return value;
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
 
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
 
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
 
tags are removed before the search.
 
 
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
 
local capture;
 
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
 
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
 
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
 
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
 
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
 
if 'number' == type (param) then
 
return;
 
end
 
 
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
 
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
 
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
 
end
 
 
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
 
end
 
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >--------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters.  TWL urls are accessible for readers who are not
 
active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors.  This function emits an error message when such urls are discovered.
 
 
 
looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org'
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function has_twl_url (url_params_t)
 
local url_error_t = {}; -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url
 
 
for param, value in pairs (url_params_t) do
 
if value:find ('%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org') then -- has the TWL base url?
 
table.insert (url_error_t, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param)); -- add parameter name to the list
 
end
 
end
 
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
 
table.sort (url_error_t);
 
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_twl_url', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
 
return true;
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 
 
 
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t)
 
local url_error_t = {};
 
 
check_for_url (non_url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
 
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
 
table.sort (url_error_t);
 
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Module entry point
 
 
 
frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module
 
args – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the template frame)
 
config – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame)
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function _citation (frame, args, config) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
 
if not frame then
 
frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions
 
end
 
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
 
local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
 
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
 
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
 
 
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
 
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
 
 
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
 
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
 
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
 
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
 
 
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
 
 
 
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
 
local error_text; -- used as a flag
 
 
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
 
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
 
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
 
if v ~= '' then
 
if ('string' == type (k)) then
 
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
 
end
 
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
 
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
 
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
 
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
 
end
 
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then
 
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
 
else
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
 
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
 
 
end
 
end
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
+
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
+
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
+
end
else
+
end
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
+
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
v = ''; -- unset
+
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
end
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
 +
else
 +
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
 +
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
+
end  
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
+
if error_text ~= '' then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
else
+
end
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
+
end
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
+
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
end
+
end
+
args[k] = v;
end  
+
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
end
+
args[k] = v;
 
+
end
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
 
 
 
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
 
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
 
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
 
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
 
end
 
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
 
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
 
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
 
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
 
 
end
 
end
 
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
 
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
 
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
 
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
 
});
 
end
 
 
local non_url_param_t = {}; -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters
 
local url_param_t = {}; -- table of url-holding paramters and their values
 
  
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
+
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
 
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
 
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
 
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- when parameter k is not positional
 
if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table
 
non_url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
 
else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter)
 
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
return citation0( config, args)
has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
 
if has_twl_url (url_param_t) then -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url
 
args['url-access'] = 'subscription';
 
end
 
return table.concat ({
 
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src='Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'}),
 
citation0( config, args)
 
});
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Template entry point
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function citation (frame)
 
local config_t = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
 
local args_t = frame:getParent().args; -- get template's preset parameters
 
 
 
for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
 
config_t[k] = v;
 
-- args_t[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
 
end
 
return _citation (frame, args_t, config_t)
 
 
end
 
end
  
 
+
return cs1;
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
 
]]
 
 
 
return {
 
citation = citation, -- template entry point
 
 
_citation = _citation, -- module entry point
 
}